-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, HKIoL0wV0KXWFC4iZOSEuywSPbo+yUZYsj7QgmMpqsavkma0Ta10fEtmIatlNZp7 gpvtjIFIvRrCnVpzaXVIYg== 0001104659-10-056110.txt : 20101104 0001104659-10-056110.hdr.sgml : 20101104 20101104165130 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-10-056110 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 8-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 3 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20101029 ITEM INFORMATION: Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement ITEM INFORMATION: Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers: Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers ITEM INFORMATION: Financial Statements and Exhibits FILED AS OF DATE: 20101104 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20101104 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000722723 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-SPECIALTY OUTPATIENT FACILITIES, NEC [8093] IRS NUMBER: 840904275 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 8-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-10670 FILM NUMBER: 101165582 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: TWO BETHESDA METRO CENTER STREET 2: SUITE 1300 CITY: BETHESDA STATE: MD ZIP: 20814 BUSINESS PHONE: 3019860701 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: TWO BETHESDA METRO CENTER STREET 2: SUITE 1300 CITY: BETHESDA STATE: MD ZIP: 20814 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: SEQUEL CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19890814 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: CELLTECH COMMUNICATIONS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19860304 8-K 1 a10-20506_18k.htm 8-K

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act

 

Date of Report (Date of Earliest Event Reported):  October 29, 2010

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

(State or jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

1-10670

(Commission File Number)

 

84-0904275

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300

Austin, Texas 78758

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

(512) 777-3800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2 below):

 

o            Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

o            Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a - 12)

 

o            Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

o            Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 



 

Item 1.01.                                        Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

On November 2, 2010, Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the “Company”) completed its private offering of $200 million aggregate principal amount of its 71/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) in accordance with Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated November 2, 2010, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.  The material terms of the Indenture are described in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on October 26, 2010, which description is incorporated by reference herein.  Such description of the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Indenture, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 4.1 and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

On November 2, 2010, the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers of the Notes, entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed, among other things, (i) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have an exchange offer registration statement declared effective within 180 days after the issuance of the Notes and to consummate an exchange offer prior to the 30th business day following such effectiveness date, and (ii) if required, to have a shelf registration statement declared effective with respect to resales of the Notes.  The other material terms of the Registration Rights Agreement are described in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on October 26, 2010, which description is incorporated by reference herein.  Such description of the Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 4.2 and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 5.02                                           Departure of Director or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

(b)           On October 29, 2010, per the terms of his employment agreement with the Company, Ron May provided notice to the Company of his intent retire as President and Chief Operating Officer of Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary that distributes orthotic and prosthetic products, effective November 7, 2011.

 



 

Item 9.01.

 

Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

 

 

(a)

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

(b)

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

(c)

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

(d)

 

Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed herewith:

 

Exhibit

 

Document

 

 

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated November 2, 2010, by and among the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.

 

 

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 2, 2010, by and among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers.

 

2



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Hartman

 

 

Thomas E. Hartman

 

 

Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

Dated: November 4, 2010

 

3



 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

 

Exhibit Index to Current Report on Form 8-K

Dated October 29, 2010

 

Exhibit

 

 

Number

 

 

 

 

 

(4.1)

 

Indenture, dated November 2, 2010, by and among the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.

 

 

 

(4.2)

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 2, 2010, by and among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers.

 

4


 

EX-4.1 2 a10-20506_1ex4d1.htm EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

 

AND EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

71/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

 

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of November 2, 2010

 


 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

2

Section 1.01.

Definitions

 

2

Section 1.02.

Other Definitions

 

27

Section 1.03.

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

28

Section 1.04.

Rules of Construction

 

28

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES

 

29

Section 2.01.

Form and Dating

 

29

Section 2.02.

Execution and Authentication

 

30

Section 2.03.

Registrar and Paying Agent

 

30

Section 2.04.

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

31

Section 2.05.

Holder Lists

 

31

Section 2.06.

Transfer and Exchange

 

31

Section 2.07.

Replacement Notes

 

43

Section 2.08.

Outstanding Notes

 

43

Section 2.09.

Treasury Notes

 

43

Section 2.10.

Temporary Notes

 

44

Section 2.11.

Cancellation

 

44

Section 2.12.

Defaulted Interest

 

44

Section 2.13.

CUSIP or ISIN Numbers

 

45

Section 2.14.

Additional Interest

 

45

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

45

Section 3.01.

Notices to Trustee

 

45

Section 3.02.

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

 

45

Section 3.03.

Notice of Redemption

 

46

Section 3.04.

Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

46

Section 3.05.

Deposit of Redemption Price

 

47

Section 3.06.

Notes Redeemed in Part

 

47

Section 3.07.

Optional Redemption

 

47

Section 3.08.

Mandatory Redemption

 

48

Section 3.09.

Offer To Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

 

48

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

 

50

Section 4.01.

Payment of Notes

 

50

Section 4.02.

Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

50

Section 4.03.

Reports

 

50

Section 4.04.

Compliance Certificate

 

51

Section 4.05.

Taxes

 

52

Section 4.06.

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

52

Section 4.07.

Corporate Existence

 

52

Section 4.08.

Payments for Consent

 

52

Section 4.09.

Incurrence of Indebtedness

 

53

Section 4.10.

Restricted Payments

 

56

Section 4.11.

Liens

 

59

Section 4.12.

Asset Sales

 

59

Section 4.13.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

61

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section 4.14.

Transactions with Affiliates

 

63

Section 4.15.

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

 

65

Section 4.16.

[Reserved]

 

65

Section 4.17.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

65

Section 4.18.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control

 

65

Section 4.19.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

 

67

Section 4.20.

Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade

 

67

Section 4.21.

Business Activities

 

68

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS

 

68

Section 5.01.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

 

68

Section 5.02.

Successor Company Substituted

 

69

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

69

Section 6.01.

Events of Default

 

69

Section 6.02.

Acceleration

 

71

Section 6.03.

Other Remedies

 

72

Section 6.04.

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

72

Section 6.05.

Control by Majority

 

72

Section 6.06.

Limitation on Suits

 

73

Section 6.07.

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

 

73

Section 6.08.

Collection Suit by Trustee

 

73

Section 6.09.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

73

Section 6.10.

Priorities

 

74

Section 6.11.

Undertaking for Costs

 

74

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE

 

75

Section 7.01.

Duties of Trustee

 

75

Section 7.02.

Rights of Trustee

 

76

Section 7.03.

Individual Rights of Trustee

 

77

Section 7.04.

Trustee’s Disclaimer

 

77

Section 7.05.

Notice of Defaults

 

77

Section 7.06.

Reports by Trustee to Holders

 

77

Section 7.07.

Compensation and Indemnity

 

77

Section 7.08.

Replacement of Trustee

 

78

Section 7.09.

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

79

Section 7.10.

Eligibility; Disqualification

 

79

Section 7.11.

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

 

79

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

80

Section 8.01.

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

80

Section 8.02.

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

 

80

Section 8.03.

Covenant Defeasance

 

80

Section 8.04.

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

 

81

Section 8.05.

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

82

Section 8.06.

Repayment to Company

 

82

Section 8.07.

Reinstatement

 

82

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

83

Section 9.01.

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

83

Section 9.02.

With Consent of Holders of Notes

 

84

Section 9.03.

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

 

85

Section 9.04.

Revocation and Effect of Consents

 

85

Section 9.05.

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

 

86

Section 9.06.

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

86

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

86

Section 10.01.

Guarantee

 

86

Section 10.02.

Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability

 

88

Section 10.03.

Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee

 

88

Section 10.04.

Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

 

88

Section 10.05.

Releases

 

89

Section 10.06.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantors

 

90

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

90

Section 11.01.

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

90

Section 11.02.

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

91

Section 11.03.

Repayment to Company

 

91

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

91

Section 12.01.

Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

91

Section 12.02.

Notices

 

91

Section 12.03.

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

 

93

Section 12.04.

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

 

93

Section 12.05.

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 

93

Section 12.06.

Rules by Trustee and Agents

 

93

Section 12.07.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

 

94

Section 12.08.

Governing Law

 

94

Section 12.09.

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

 

94

Section 12.10.

Successors

 

94

Section 12.11.

Severability

 

94

Section 12.12.

Counterpart Originals

 

94

Section 12.13.

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

95

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

FORM OF NOTE

 

A-1

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

B-1

Exhibit C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

C-1

Exhibit D

FORM OF NOTATION GUARANTEE

 

D-1

 



 

CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

 

Between

 

Provisions of Sections 310 through 318(c) inclusive of Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and the Indenture dated as of November 2, 2010 between Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee.

 

Section of Act

 

Section of Indenture

 

 

 

310(a)(1), (2) and (5)

 

7.10

310(a)(3) and (4)

 

*

310(b)

 

7.10

310(c)

 

*

311(a)

 

7.11

311(b)

 

7.11

311(c)

 

*

312(a)

 

2.05

312(b)

 

12.03

312(c)

 

12.03

313(a)

 

7.06

313(b)(1)

 

*

313(b)(2)

 

7.06 and 7.07

313(c)

 

7.06 and 12.02

313(d)

 

7.06

314(a)

 

4.04 and 12.05

314(b)

 

*

314(c)(1)

 

12.04

314(c)(2)

 

12.04

314(c)(3)

 

*

314(d)

 

*

314(e)

 

12.05

314(f)

 

*

315(a), (c) and (d)

 

7.01

315(b)

 

7.05

315(e)

 

6.11

316(a)(1)(A)

 

6.05

316(a)(1)(B)

 

6.04

316(a)(2)

 

*

316(a) last para

 

2.09

316(b)

 

6.07

316(c)

 

6.10

317(a)(1)

 

6.08

317(a)(2)

 

6.09

317(b)

 

2.03

318(a) and (c)

 

12.01

318(b)

 

*

 


*                                         Not applicable.

 

**                                  This cross reference sheet shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 



 

This INDENTURE dated as of November 2, 2010, is by and among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 71/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”):

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.                              Definitions.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

144A Global Note” means the Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                 Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(2)                                 Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by such Lien.

 

Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Exchange Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that for purposes of Section 4.14 hereof, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

 

Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

Applicable Premium” means with respect to any Note redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07(c) on the applicable redemption date, the greater of:

 

2



 

(1)                                 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the note; and

 

(2)                                 the excess of:

 

(a)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the notes at November 15, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under Section 3.07 hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the notes through November 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)                                 the then outstanding principal amount of the note.

 

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

 

Ares” means Ares Management LLC or any of its Affiliates, any investment fund solely managed by any of them, or any Affiliate of any such investment fund.

 

Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.

 

Asset Sale” means (1) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of any assets, excluding the issuance or sale of the Company’s Equity Interests (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); and (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.18 and/or Section 5.01 and not by Section 4.12.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

(1)                                 any single disposition or series of related dispositions that involves assets or rights having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.5 million;

 

(2)                                 dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)                                 the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof;

 

(4)                                 a disposition between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)                                 the disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets or rights in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)                                 a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.10 or an Investment that is not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

3



 

(7)                                 the disposition of assets that, in the Company’s good faith judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the applicable entity;

 

(8)                                 any trade-in of equipment in exchange for other equipment; provided that in the Company’s good faith judgment, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives equipment having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the equipment being traded in;

 

(9)                                 the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets between the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person to the extent that the Related Business Assets received by the Company or the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries are of equivalent or better Fair Market Value than the Related Business Assets transferred;

 

(10)                          the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien);

 

(11)                          leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(12)                          dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(13)                          licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)                          any transfer of accounts receivable or other financial assets, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by a Receivable Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(15)                          any sales of accounts receivable or other financial assets, directly or indirectly, to a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof (including the issuance of equity by and/or an increase in the value of the equity of such Receivable Subsidiary); provided that for the purposes of this clause (15), Purchase Money Notes will be deemed to be cash; or

 

(16)                          foreclosures on assets to the extent it would not otherwise result in a Default or Event of Default.

 

For purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions that, if effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected.

 

Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

4



 

Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)                                 with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(2)                                 with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

 

(3)                                 with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person or, as applicable, another Person serving a similar function.

 

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by a Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and, where required by this Indenture, delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP as in effect as of the Issue Date.

 

Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)                                 in the case of a corporation, any and all equity shares, including common stock and preferred stock;

 

(2)                                 in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)                                 in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)                                 any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)                                 United States dollars;

 

(2)                                  securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)                                  time deposits in and certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank, provided that such time deposits and certificates of deposit have a maturity date not more than two years after the date of acquisition and that the weighted average maturity of all such time deposits and certificates of deposit is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition;

 

5



 

(4)                                  repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any Eligible Bank;

 

(5)                                  direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, provided that such obligations mature, or are subject to tender at the option of the holder thereof, within 365 days after the date of acquisition;

 

(6)                                  commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company and other than structured investment vehicles, provided that such commercial paper has one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s and matures within 180 days after the date of acquisition;

 

(7)                                  (a) overnight and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances of any Eligible Bank and (b) overnight and demand deposits in any other bank or trust company to the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against the Bank Insurance Fund; and

 

(8)                                  money market funds substantially all of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)                                 any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture), other than to a Permitted Holder or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(2)                                 the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture);

 

(3)                                 the Company becomes aware that any Person or Group other than the Permitted Holder is or has become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company;

 

(4)                                 the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such Board of Directors was previously so approved; or

 

(5)                                 the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person other than a Permitted Holder or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person, other than a Permitted Holder or a Subsidiary Guarantor, consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the Company’s outstanding Voting Stock or the outstanding Voting Stock of such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Company’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance).

 

6


 


 

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

 

(1)                                 an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(2)                                 provision for taxes based on or measured by income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(3)                                 consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(4)                                 depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill, other intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(5)                                 any expenses or charges related to any public or private sale of Capital Stock of the Company or any Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or to the transactions contemplated by the Company’s offering memorandum dated as of October 20, 2010 relating to the Notes, and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(6)                                 the amount of any non-recurring restructuring charges or reserves deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time, non-recurring costs incurred in connection with the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, and any net loss from discontinued operations; plus

 

(7)                                 any other non-cash charges, including any write off or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Cash Flow to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period and the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated charges in any period where such accrual or reserve is no longer required); plus

 

(8)                                 any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or

 

7



 

expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); minus

 

(9)                                 any non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

 

(1)                                 the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

 

(2)                                 solely for the purposes of determining the amount available pursuant to clause (c) of the second paragraph of Section 4.10, the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased in amounts equal to the amounts of cash actually received;

 

(3)                                 the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

 

(4)                                  any fees, expenses and debt issuance costs paid in connection with the issuance of the Notes will be excluded;

 

(5)                                  any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” or ASC Topic 360 “Property, Plant and Equipment,” and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations” or any related subsequent Statement of Financial Accounting Standards will be excluded;

 

(6)                                  the Net Income from any disposed or discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis, will be excluded;

 

(7)                                  non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of Equity Interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded;

 

(8)                                  non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” or any related subsequent Statement of Financial Accounting Standards will be excluded; and

 

(9)                                  any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net gain or

 

8



 

loss resulting from obligations under Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses will be excluded.

 

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) all of the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company to the extent that it is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which financial statements of the Company are publicly available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements of the Company are publicly available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Consolidated Cash Flow as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Consolidated Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on the most recent quarterly or annual (as the case may be) consolidated balance sheet of the Company.

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capital Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments and (2) the aggregate amount of all of the outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and maximum fixed repurchase price, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on the date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

 

Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, as amended to date, by and among the Company, the guarantors and the agents and lenders from time to time party thereto, including any related notes, letters of credit, guarantees, security and collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, restated or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including any agreement to extend the maturity thereof, increase the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase is permitted by Section 4.09 hereof) and/or add borrowers or guarantors), in each case with respect to such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether under the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debt holders.

 

Credit Facilities” means one or more credit facilities or agreements (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with investment or commercial banks or other institutional lenders providing for, or acting as initial purchasers of, revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures, securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders

 

9



 

against such receivables), letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, restated or refinanced (including any agreement to extend the maturity thereof and adding additional borrowers or guarantors) in whole or in part from time to time and including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder; provided that such increase is permitted by Section 4.09.

 

Custodian” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as Custodian with respect to the Notes, any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Company to the Trustee, setting forth the basis of such valuation less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes mature; provided that only the portion of such Capital Stock which matures, is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof before such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.10.

 

Distribution Compliance Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

10



 

Eligible Bank” means (a) any lender party to the Credit Agreement and (b) a bank or trust company that (i) is licensed, chartered or organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state, territory, province or possession thereof, (ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition of an Investment in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and (iii) the senior Indebtedness for borrowed money of which is rated at least “A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by S&P.

 

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear systems, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date (including available but undrawn commitments to extend Indebtedness to the Company and its Subsidiaries).

 

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any transaction or series of transactions or any investment, asset or other property, as the case may be, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Company. In the case of a transaction between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and a Receivable Subsidiary, on the other hand, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that such determination is appropriate, a determination as to Fair Market Value may be made at the commencement of the transaction and be applicable to all dealings between the Receivable Subsidiary and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary during the course of such transaction.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period; provided, however, that the Fixed Charges of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis will be computed

 

11



 

based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the four-quarter reference period and using the interest rate in effect at the end of such period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(1)                                 “Consolidated Cash Flow” and “Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect to the elimination or reduction of the cost of any compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate or equity owner of the entity involved in any Asset Acquisition to the extent such costs are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has been made of the intent to eliminate or reduce such costs) prior to the date of such calculation and not replaced;

 

(2)                                 Asset Acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(3)                                 the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date (including in any Asset Sale), will be excluded; and

 

(4)                                 the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date (including in any Asset Sale), will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

 

provided that whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or a disposition, the amount of income or earnings related thereto (including the incurrence of any Indebtedness and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, regardless of whether those expense and cost reductions could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto) shall be reasonably determined in good faith by one or more of the Company’s responsible senior financial or accounting officers.

 

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                                  consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(2)                                  any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person to the extent that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

 

12



 

(3)                                  the product of (a) all dividends and other distributions paid or accrued during such period in respect of Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Capital Stock other than Disqualified Stock), times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect from time to time; provided, however, that, for purposes of this Indenture, the determination of whether a lease constitutes a capital lease or an operating lease, and whether obligations arising under a lease are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee thereunder, shall be determined by reference to GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

 

Government Securities” means securities that are:

 

(1)                                 direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2)                                 obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Group” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change of Control.”

 

Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)                                 interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

13



 

(2)                                 other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates; and

 

(3)                                 foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency values.

 

Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding indebtedness payable to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries), whether or not contingent:

 

(1)                                 in respect of borrowed money;

 

(2)                                 evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (without double counting reimbursement obligations in respect thereof);

 

(3)                                 constituting reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities (excluding obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables) issued for the account of such Person; provided that such obligations shall not constitute Indebtedness except to the extent drawn and not repaid within five Business Days;

 

(4)                                 representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(5)                                 representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense, trade payable or current liability; or

 

(6)                                 representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(1)                                 the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(2)                                 the net amount payable (after giving effect to permitted set-offs) if the Hedging Obligations were terminated on such date due to a default of such Person, in the case of any Indebtedness described in clause (6) above;

 

(3)                                 the stated or determinable amount of or, if not stated or if indeterminable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability under the Guarantee, in the case of Guarantees of any Indebtedness of any other Person;

 

14



 

(4)                                 the amount of any Non-recourse Debt outstanding as of any date, to the extent such Non-recourse Debt is secured, will be the lesser of (a) the amount of the obligations secured and (b) the Fair Market Value of any pledged assets, in the case of such Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the assets of a Person; and

 

(5)                                 the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due.

 

The amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries will be calculated without duplication of Guarantees by the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect thereof.

 

Indenture” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

 

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Notes” means $200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

 

Initial Purchasers” means, collectively, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Jefferies & Company, Inc., Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.

 

Interest Payment Date” means, for so long as the Notes are outstanding, May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011, or if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees), advances, capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.  In no event will a guarantee of an operating lease or an ordinary course contract for the sale of goods and services of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary be deemed an Investment.

 

Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are initially issued.

 

Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located, or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

15



 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge or security interest in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease in the nature thereof.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business thereof.

 

Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

 

(1)                                  any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss and net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto, realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the early extinguishment or conversion of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)                                  any extraordinary gain, loss, income, expenses or charges (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), together with any related provision for taxes; and

 

(3)                                  the portion of such net income attributable to non-controlling interests of Subsidiaries.

 

Net Proceeds” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash received, net of: (1) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Person incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP by such Person; (2) all payments made by such Person on any Indebtedness that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by the terms of such Lien or such Indebtedness, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in connection with such Asset Sale; and (3) all contractually required distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction; provided, however, that: (a) in the event that any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise constitute Net Proceeds) is required by (i) contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or (ii) GAAP to be reserved against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from escrow or otherwise; and (b) any non-cash consideration received in connection with any transaction, which is subsequently converted to cash, shall become Net Proceeds only at such time as it is so converted.

 

Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise (except in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings).

 

Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Receivable Subsidiary.”

 

16


 


 

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, or any Vice President of the Company.

 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate, other than a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof, which meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof, signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion, from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and which meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable.

 

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

Permitted Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.

 

Permitted Holder” means Ares unless Ares does not have a representative on the Board of Directors of the Company as a result of (1) the resignation by such representative without Ares nominating a replacement Ares designee, (2) the failure of the Ares representative (or a replacement nominee of Ares) to stand for election or (3) the failure of the Ares designee to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Company if Ares failed to vote in favor of such nominee; provided, however, that it shall not constitute a Change of Control under clause (3) or (5) under the definition of Change of Control solely because Ares ceases to be a Permitted Holder at a time when it owns in excess of 50% of the aggregate voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company, unless Ares thereafter acquires beneficial ownership or voting control of one or more additional shares of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company.

 

Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)                               any Investment in the Company or in one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

17



 

(2)                               any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)                               loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes;

 

(4)                               any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)                                 such Person becomes one of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(b)                                 such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)                               any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12;

 

(6)                               any acquisition of assets to the extent in exchange for the issuance of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(7)                               any Investments received in compromise of obligations incurred in the ordinary course of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;

 

(8)                               Hedging Obligations and other obligations in connection with derivative transactions not prohibited under this Indenture;

 

(9)                               Investments in respect of accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)                        the acquisition of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)                        Investments in respect of prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(12)                        other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but net of cash repayments and returns received in respect of such Investment), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $30.0 million at the time of incurrence thereof.

 

Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)                               Liens upon the Company’s property or the property of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries securing (a) Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and Guarantees thereof) permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09(b)(i) in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the amount permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09(b)(i) and (y) the maximum amount of Indebtedness such that the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would not be greater than 3.75 to 1.00, determined, in each case, at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect thereto in a manner consistent with the

 

18



 

calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, (b) Hedging Obligations relating to such Indebtedness and permitted under the agreements related to the Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and (c) fees, expenses and other amounts payable with respect to such Credit Facilities or payable pursuant to cash management agreements or agreements with respect to similar banking services relating to such Credit Facilities and permitted under the agreements related thereto;

 

(2)                               Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                               Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such transaction and do not extend to any assets of the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired and the proceeds thereof;

 

(4)                               Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (and Liens on the proceeds thereof); provided that such Liens on the acquired property were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

 

(5)                               Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature;

 

(6)                               Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (iv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness (and other assets that, in the ordinary course of business, are subject to Liens in favor of the same creditor or its Affiliates to secure such type of Indebtedness) plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof;

 

(7)                               Liens existing on the Issue Date and any Liens from time to time securing the Notes and/or the Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

(8)                               Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent for more than 90 days, that then remain payable without penalty or that are being contested in good faith; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

 

(9)                               pledges or deposits (a) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body; (b) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, surety or performance bonds, leases, purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts (including utility contracts) and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; (c) to obtain or secure obligations with respect to letters of credit, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection with the activities described in clauses (a) and (b) above, in each case not incurred or made in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services; or (d) arising in connection with any attachment unless such Liens shall not be satisfied or discharged or stayed pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any such stay;

 

(10)                        Liens imposed by law, such as carrier’s, supplier’s, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen’s and mechanic’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations not overdue for a period in excess of 60 days or which are being contested in good faith; provided, however, that any reserve or other appropriate provision as will be required to conform to GAAP will have been made for that reserve or provision;

 

19



 

(11)                        survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business, in each case not interfering in any material respect with the Company’s business or assets and the business or assets of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(12)                        Liens securing Hedging Obligations and other obligations in connection with derivative transactions so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;

 

(13)                        Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $50.0 million at the time of incurrence thereof; and

 

(14)                        Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (3), (4), (6) and (7), to the extent that:

 

(a)                                 such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof) and

 

(b)                                 the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of:

 

(i)                                     the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described under clause (3), (4), (6) or (7) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture; and

 

(ii)                                  the amount of any fees and expenses, including premiums and consent fees, related to such Refinancings;

 

(15)                        for the avoidance of doubt, other Liens (not securing Indebtedness) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially impair the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(16)                        licenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

(17)                        Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(18)                        Liens (a) that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations and other cash management activities incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers

 

20



 

of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (b) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (c) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (d) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary account agreements encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(19)                        Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default;

 

(20)                        leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(21)                        any interest or title of an owner of equipment or inventory on loan or consignment to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(22)                        deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(23)                        options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships and the like permitted to be made under this Indenture;

 

(24)                        Liens attaching to earnest money deposits (or equivalent deposits otherwise named) made in connection with proposed acquisitions in an amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time;

 

(25)                        Liens on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed in connection with contracts entered into the ordinary course of business;

 

(26)                        Liens in respect of Seller Notes permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09; and

 

(27)                        Liens on the Capital Stock of a Receivable Subsidiary and accounts receivable and other financial and related assets described in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction”, in each case incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 million.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that it is issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness) to the extent that the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums and consent fees incurred in connection therewith; provided that:

 

21



 

(1)                                 such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

(2)                                 if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

 

(3)                                 such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Receivable Subsidiary, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly-generated receivables or other financial assets. The repayment of a Purchase Money Note may be subordinated to the repayment of other liabilities of the Receivable Subsidiary on terms determined in good faith by the Company to be substantially consistent with market practice in connection with Qualified Receivables Transactions.

 

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Equity Offering” means any underwritten public or any private offering of Capital Stock (excluding Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

 

Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to (a) a Receivable Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivable Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable or other financial assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable or other financial assets, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable or other financial assets, proceeds of such accounts receivable or other financial assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable or other financial asset financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms as determined in good faith by the Company at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

 

22



 

Rating Agency” means S&P and Moody’s or, if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 

Receivable Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of receivables and other financial assets and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivable Subsidiary (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness and Obligations meeting the requirements of the foregoing clause (1), “Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness”); (2) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms taken as a whole not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees, expenses and indemnities payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable, and (3) to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve a certain level of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate in the form required under Section 12.04 and 12.05 certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, including, in any such case from time to time, after the discharge of the Indebtedness being Refinanced. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 2, 2010 among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note” means the Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

 

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary

 

23



 

in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Replacement Assets” means any properties or assets used or useful in a Permitted Business.

 

Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall, in each case, have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Notes” means the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note.

 

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Corporation, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Seller Notes” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries payable to one or more sellers of any Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, incurred in connection with such acquisition and permitted by the terms of this Indenture, and in each case subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

Senior Debt” means:

 

(1)                                 all Indebtedness of the Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;

 

24



 

(2)                                 any other Indebtedness of the Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 

(3)                                 all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt will not include:

 

(1)                                 any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

 

(2)                                 any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates (other than Credit Facilities under which an Affiliate is a lender);

 

(3)                                 any trade payables; or

 

(4)                                 the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable or other financial asset securitization transaction as determined in good faith by the Company, including Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of the foregoing obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement, executed by the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed, to that effect.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                 any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or through a Subsidiary, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

25



 

(2)                                 any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

 

Subsidiary Guarantee” means the Guarantee of the Notes by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to Article 10 and in the form of the Guarantee endorsed on the form of Note attached as Exhibit A and any additional Guarantee of the Notes to be executed by any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Section 4.19.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors” means all of the Company’s Domestic Subsidiaries and any future Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture described in Section 4.19 and their respective successors and assigns, in each case subject to release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture described in Section 10.05.

 

TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2014; provided that if the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor or assignee of the Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor or assignee of the Trustee.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Notes” means one or more Global Notes, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(1)                                 has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(2)                                 is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in any material respect than those that would be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

(3)                                 is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

26


 


 

(4)                                 has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.10 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company will be in default of Section 4.09.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by one of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence upon giving effect to such designation; and (3) such Subsidiary executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                 the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(2)                                 the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Section 1.02.                              Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.14

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

4.12

“Authentication Order”

 

2.02

“Benefited Party”

 

10.01

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.18

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.18

“Change of Control Payment Date”

 

4.18

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

“DTC”

 

2.03

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.12

 

27



 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

“incur”

 

4.09

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

“losses”

 

7.07

“Notes”

 

Preamble

“Offer Amount”

 

3.09

“Offer Period”

 

3.09

“Paying Agent”

 

2.03

“Payment Default”

 

6.01

“Permitted Debt”

 

4.09

“Purchase Date”

 

3.09

“Registrar”

 

2.03

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.10

“Reversion Date”

 

4.20

“Security Register”

 

4.18

“Suspended Covenants”

 

4.20

“Suspension Date”

 

4.20

“Suspension Period”

 

4.20

 

Section 1.03.                              Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

(a)                                 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

(b)                                 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

 

(c)                                  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04.                              Rules of Construction.

 

(a)                                 Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(i)                                     a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(ii)                                  an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(iii)                               “or” is not exclusive;

 

28



 

(iv)                              words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(v)                                 all references in this instrument to designated “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

 

(vi)                              the words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

(vii)                           “including” means “including without limitation”;

 

(viii)                        provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(ix)                              references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.                              Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                 General.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)                                 Form of Notes.  The Notes shall be issued initially in global form and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)                                  Book-Entry Provisions.  This Section 2.01(c) shall only apply to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary.  Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian for the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute

 

29



 

owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

Section 2.02.                              Execution and Authentication.

 

(a)                                 Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

 

(b)                                 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

(c)                                  A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue.

 

(e)                                  The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

(f)                                   The Company may issue Additional Notes from time to time after the offering of the Initial Notes.  The Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

 

Section 2.03.                              Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

(b)                                 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

(c)                                  The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

30



 

Section 2.04.                              Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05.                              Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

 

Section 2.06.                              Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

 

(1)                                 the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

 

(2)                                 the Company in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and deliver a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

 

(3)                                 an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a),

 

31



 

however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:

 

(i)                                     Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)                                  All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above.  Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(iii)                               Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

32



 

(A)                               if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)                               if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv)                              Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

 

(A)                               such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)                               such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                               such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)                               the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                 if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(2)                                 if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more

 

33



 

Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.

 

(v)                                 Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited.  Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)                                  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

 

(i)                                     Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)                               if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)                               if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                               if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)                               if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(F)                                 if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail or deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any

 

34



 

Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)                                  Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 

(A)                               such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)                               such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                               such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)                               the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                 if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(2)                                 if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)                               Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt on an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or

 

35



 

denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail or deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 

(i)                                     Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)                               if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)                               if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                               if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)                               if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(F)                                 if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)                                  Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A)                               such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an

 

36


 


 

exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)                               such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                               such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)                               the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                 if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(2)                                 if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)                               Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

(iv)                              Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited.  An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(v)                                 Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes.  If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to clauses (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall

 

37



 

authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

(i)                                     Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)                               if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)                               if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C)                               if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)                                  Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

(A)                               such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)                               any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                               any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

38



 

(D)                               the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                 if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(2)                                 if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)                               Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)                                   Exchange Offer.  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate:

 

(1)                                 one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer; and

 

(2)                                 Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certification and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

 

(g)                                  Legends.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

39



 

(i)                                     Private Placement Legend.

 

(A)                               Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘SECURITIES ACT’’), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE(A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”

 

(B)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii)                                  Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

40



 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.  OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.  OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(h)                                 Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(i)                                     General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(i)                                     To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)                                  No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental

 

41



 

charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)                               All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(iv)                              Neither the Registrar, the Trustee, nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(v)                                 Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vi)                              The Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(vii)                           All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

(viii)                        The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representation with the Depository in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

 

(ix)                              Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Company and Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities laws.

 

(x)                                 Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

(xi)                              The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Participant or Indirect Participant or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant or Indirect Participant or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the customary procedures of

 

42



 

the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Participants or Indirect Participants.

 

(xii)                           The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Section 2.07.                              Replacement Notes.

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08.                              Outstanding Notes.

 

(a)                                 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.

 

(b)                                 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

(c)                                  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

(d)                                 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09.                              Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall

 

43



 

be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision of, or action taken or not taken by the Trustee upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers’ Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept and rely upon such Officers’ Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any determination.

 

Section 2.10.                              Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11.                              Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee upon direction by the Company and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act).  Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12.                              Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

44



 

Section 2.13.                              CUSIP or ISIN Numbers.

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

Section 2.14.                              Additional Interest.

 

If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable.  Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such an Officers’ Certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Additional Interest is payable.  The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Additional Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Company directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes.  If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01.                              Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days, or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee, but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02.                              Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis and otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

 

In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of

 

45



 

$1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03.                              Notice of Redemption.

 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)                                 the redemption date;

 

(b)                                 the redemption price, or if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(c), a calculation of the redemption price;

 

(c)                                  if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)                                 the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)                                  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)                                   that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(g)                                  the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(h)                                 that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days, or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee, prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03.

 

Section 3.04.                              Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional (other than as set forth in Section 4.18(e)).

 

46


 


 

Section 3.05.                              Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or before 11:00 a.m. on any redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06.                              Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 

Section 3.07.                              Optional Redemption.

 

(a)                                 Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to November 15, 2014.  Starting on November 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or from time to time a part of the Notes after giving the required notice under this Indenture.  The Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on November 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2014

 

103.563

%

2015

 

101.781

%

2016 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                 At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of any Qualified Equity Offering of the Company’s common stock; provided, however, that:

 

(1)                                 after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the

 

47



 

Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption;

 

(2)                                 any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

(c)                                  At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2014, the Company may at its option redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).  Notice of such redemption must be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.

 

(d)                                 Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08.                              Mandatory Redemption.

 

The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.09.                              Offer To Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

(a)                                 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

(b)                                 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”).  No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

Upon the commencement of the Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.  The Asset Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

(i)                                     that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

 

(ii)                                  the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

48



 

(iii)                               that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)                              that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Purchase Date;

 

(v)                                 that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

 

(vi)                              that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(vii)                           that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(viii)                        if applicable, that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and

 

(ix)                              that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.  The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

49



 

ARTICLE 4.

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01.                              Payment of Notes.

 

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due.  The Company shall pay Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 4.02.                              Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

(b)                                 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

(c)                                  The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03.                              Reports.

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Notes (with copies to the Trustee), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

 

50



 

(i)                                     all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

 

(ii)                                  all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

 

The Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports to the Trustee and the Holders if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system) and such reports are publicly available.

 

(b)                                 If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding clause (a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(c)                                  In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.

 

(d)                                 For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

Section 4.04.                              Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company is not in Default (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(b)                                 The year-end financial statements delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Articles 4 or 5 hereof or, if any such violation has

 

51



 

occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation;  provided that if delivery of such accountant’s statement would be contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to such effect, delivery of such accountant’s statement shall not be required under this Section 4.04(b).

 

(c)                                  The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly after becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05.                              Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes; provided that neither the Company nor any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 4.06.                              Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07.                              Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.08.                              Payments for Consent.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of

 

52



 

any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 4.09.                              Incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Stock; provided, however, that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period and any other Indebtedness repaid or Disqualified Stock that ceased to be outstanding since the beginning of such four-quarter period had been repaid or ceased to be outstanding at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(i)                                     the incurrence of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under one or more Credit Facilities and Guarantees thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to this clause (i) does not exceed $500.0 million at the time of incurrence thereof;

 

(ii)                                  the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

 

(iii)                               the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date (and the related Exchange Notes and Guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) and contribution, indemnification and reimbursement obligations owed by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to any of the other of them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Notes or Guarantees;

 

(iv)                              the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the Company’s business or the business of such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(v)                                 the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was incurred under clause (a) of this Section 4.09 or clauses (ii) or (iii) of this Section 4.09(b);

 

53



 

(vi)                         the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

 

(A)                                    if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes;

 

(B)                                    if a Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 

(C)                                    (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

(vii)                           the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations and other obligations with respect to derivative transactions incurred to hedge bona fide business risks and not for speculative purposes;

 

(viii)                        the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that, if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, such Guarantee is subordinated to the Notes to the same extent as the Indebtedness being guaranteed;

 

(ix)                              the incurrence by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-recourse Debt; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (ix);

 

(x)                                 the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness under Seller Notes, not to exceed at the time of incurrence thereof the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5% of Consolidated Total Assets, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (x);

 

(xi)                              Indebtedness incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims and self-insurance obligations, and, for the avoidance of doubt, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit for operating purposes and completion guarantees provided or incurred (including Guarantees thereof) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xii)                           Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earnout, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

54



 

(xiii)                        Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of incurrence, and Indebtedness arising from negative account balances in cash pooling arrangements arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiv)                       obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of customer advances received and held in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(xv)                          the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of incurrence thereof (which amount may be incurred, in whole or in part, under any of the Credit Facilities).

 

(c)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described above as of the date of incurrence thereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, at the time the proposed Indebtedness is incurred, (x) classify all or a portion of that item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence under either clause (a) of this Section 4.09 or under any category of Permitted Debt, (y) reclassify at a later date all or a portion of that or any other item of Indebtedness as being or having been incurred in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and (z) elect to comply with this Section 4.09 and the applicable definitions in any order; provided, however, that Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date (or any subsequent or replacement Credit Facility contemplated by the Company’s offering memorandum dated October 20, 2010 relating to the Notes) shall be treated as incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt and may not later be reclassified.

 

(d)                                 The accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness or payment of dividends on Capital Stock in the forms of additional shares of Capital Stock with the same terms will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09.

 

(e)                                  The Company shall not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually or by its terms subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company and not subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes to the same extent; provided, however, that no Indebtedness of the Company will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority or by virtue of structural subordination.  No Subsidiary Guarantor will incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually or by its terms subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor and not subordinate or junior in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee to the same extent; provided, however, that no Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority or by virtue of structural subordination.

 

55



 

Section 4.10.                              Restricted Payments.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                 declare and pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (in each case other than dividends or distributions (i) payable in the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (b) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(b)                                 purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) any of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in each case other than (i) any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests owned by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) a payment made solely with Equity Interests not constituting Disqualified Stock);

 

(c)                                  make any payment (other than a payment made solely with Equity Interests not constituting Disqualified Stock) to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled maturity or scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, any of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except payments or principal and interest in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case within one year of the due date thereof and payments of principal and interest at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

 

(d)                                 make any Restricted Investment

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(a)                                 no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist upon giving effect to such Restricted Payment; and

 

(b)                                 the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and

 

(c)                                  such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of the next paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

 

(i)                                50% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date  to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Company’s financial

 

56



 

statements are publicly available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

 

(ii)                                  100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds or the Fair Market Value of property or assets received by the Company since the Issue Date as a contribution to the Company’s common equity capital or from the issue or sale of the Company’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or Disqualified Stock or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus

 

(iii)                               to the extent that any of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries are redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation.

 

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist upon giving effect thereto (except with respect to clauses (3) and (5) below), the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                 the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions hereof;

 

(2)                                 the redemption, purchase, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Subordinated Indebtedness or of any of the Company’s Equity Interests in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) of, the Company’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, purchase, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

 

(3)                                 the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or of Equity Interests other than Disqualified Stock;

 

(4)                                 the purchase, repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement or other agreement under which such Equity Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $3.0 million in any twelve-month period; provided, further, that any of the $3.0 million permitted to be applied under this clause (4) in any twelve-month period (and not so applied) may be carried forward for use in any future twelve-month period; provided, further, that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) to any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management that occurs after the Issue Date; provided, however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; plus (B) the cash proceeds of

 

57



 

key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

 

(5)                                 in the case of a Subsidiary, the payment of dividends or any similar distribution to the holders of any class of its Capital Stock on a pro rata basis;

 

(6)                                 the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities;

 

(7)                                 any cash payment, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares, in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or the Capital Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(8)                                 to the extent no Default in any payment in respect of principal or interest under the Notes or the Credit Agreement or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist upon giving effect thereto, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions substantially similar to Section 4.18 and Section 4.12 hereof at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount thereof (in the case of a Change of Control) or at a percentage of the principal amount thereof not higher than the principal amount applicable to the Notes (in the case of an Asset Sale), plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, the Company has made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Notes and have repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection therewith;

 

(9)                                 to the extent no Default in any payment in respect of principal or interest under the Notes or the Credit Agreement or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist upon giving effect thereto, the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock and the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year;

 

(10)                          the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Seller Notes incurred under clause (x) of the definition of Permitted Debt or existing on the Issue Date; provided that the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09;

 

(11)                          the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or the Disqualified Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issue or incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 to the extent such dividends are included in the calculation of “Fixed Charges”; and

 

(12)                          other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not to exceed $50.0 million.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s), property or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

 

58



 

The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.10 in excess of $20.0 million will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolutions with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee.  The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $50.0 million.  Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.10 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.10, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of assets, then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment.

 

Section 4.11.                              Liens.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens, unless:

 

(a)                                 in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), assets, proceeds, income or profit that is senior in priority to such Liens until such time as such Subordinated Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Liens; and

 

(b)                                 in the case of Liens securing Senior Debt, the Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees are equally and ratably secured on such property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), assets, proceeds, income or profit until such time as such Senior Debt is no longer secured by such Liens.

 

Section 4.12.                              Asset Sales.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(i)                                     the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receive consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold, leased, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of;

 

(ii)                                  the fair market value, if greater than $50.0 million, is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

 

(iii)                               at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets.

 

59



 

(b)                                 For purposes of this Section 4.12, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(i)                                     any liabilities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiary Guarantee), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary assignment and assumption agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability with respect thereto;

 

(ii)                                  any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of receipt thereof (subject to ordinary settlement periods), to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

 

(iii)                               any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $10.0 million and 1.5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

(c)                                  Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

 

(i)                                     to permanently reduce obligations under the Credit Agreement and, in the case of revolving obligations thereunder, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto (or other Indebtedness of the Company or Subsidiary Guarantees secured by a Lien) or Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that if the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce obligations under such Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Company (or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be) will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof) to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company (provided that in the case of any reduction of any revolving obligations, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall effect a corresponding reduction of commitments with respect thereto);

 

(ii)                                  to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business;

 

(iii)                               to acquire assets (other than inventory) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business;

 

(iv)                              to make capital expenditures in or that are used or useful in a Permitted Business or to make expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing properties and assets in a manner not prohibited by this Indenture, in each case, to the extent such expenditures are made by or used in the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

 

60



 

(v)                                 any combination of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv).

 

In the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the entry into a definitive agreement to acquire such assets within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such agreement so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, enters into such agreement with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 455 days of the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds and such Net Proceeds are actually so applied within such period.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(d)                                 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.12(c) will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company shall, within 30 days, make one or more offers to the Holders of the Notes and all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth herein with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (each, an “Asset Sale Offer”).  The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and they will no longer constitute Excess Proceeds.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased as described in Article 3 hereof.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

(e)                                  The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached the Company’s obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue of such conflict.

 

Section 4.13.                              Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                 pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                 make any loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

61



 

(c)                                  transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

 

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)                                any agreement or other document as in effect on the Issue Date or subsequent agreements or documents relating to the Company’s Indebtedness or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of such agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are not, in the good faith judgment of the Company, materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or documents on the Issue Date;

 

(ii)                             this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

(iii)                          applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(iv)                         any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

 

(v)                            customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, contract, or license and provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder;

 

(vi)                         purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property (and proceeds thereof) of the nature described in clause (c) of this Section 4.13;

 

(vii)                      any agreement in connection with the sale of assets or Capital Stock, including, without limitation, any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary or its assets pending such sale or other disposition;

 

(viii)                   Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not, in the good faith judgment of the Company, materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(ix)                         Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.11 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(x)                            provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements;

 

62



 

(xi)                              any encumbrance or restriction existing at the time of the acquisition of property, so long as the encumbrances or restrictions relate solely to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of or in connection with the acquisition thereof);

 

(xii)                           restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by direct or indirect customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii)                        any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date, which encumbrance or restriction is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or merging with or into a Restricted Subsidiary, and which is not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(xiv)                       any Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivable Subsidiary or the accounts receivable and other financial assets described in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” which are subject to such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

 

(xv)                          any other agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Nothing contained in this Section 4.13 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (a) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof or (b) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

Section 4.14.                              Transactions with Affiliates.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ respective properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

 

(a)                                 such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and

 

(b)                                 the Company delivers to the Trustee:

 

(i)                                with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.14; and

 

63



 

(ii)                             with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

 

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

(a)                                 any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                 transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                  transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person;

 

(d)                                 the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and indemnities and other benefits to members of our Board of Directors or the Board of Directors of a Restricted Subsidiary who are outside directors;

 

(e)                                  the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and other benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) and indemnities to directors, officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                   sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company;

 

(g)                                  Permitted Investments, Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.10 hereof and transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(h)                                 any agreement (including any certificate of designations relating to Capital Stock) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(i)                                     transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(j)                                    transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by the Company, other than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and

 

(k)                                 sales or leases of goods to joint ventures and Affiliates (but excluding any officers or directors) in the ordinary course of business for less than Fair Market Value but not for less than cost.

 

64



 

Section 4.15.                              Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction pursuant to which property is sold or transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is thereafter leased back as a capital lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into such a sale and leaseback transaction if:

 

(a)                                 the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.11,

 

(b)                                 the consideration received in such sale and leaseback transaction is at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

 

(c)                                  the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company apply the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Section 4.12.

 

Section 4.16.                              [Reserved]..

 

Section 4.17.                              Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if upon giving effect to such designation a Default would not exist.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.10 or to the extent such Investments do not constitute Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investments would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if upon giving effect to such redesignation a Default would not exist.  Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

Section 4.18.                              Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control.

 

(a)                                 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 

Within 10 days following the date of the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of Control, the Company shall send, by first-class mail, with a copy

 

65



 

to the Trustee, a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or series of transactions that constitute a Change of Control at such Holder’s address appearing in the securities register maintained in respect of the Notes by the Registrar (the “Security Register”), and stating:

 

(i)                               that a Change of Control has occurred and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18 and that all Notes timely tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(B)                                   the Change of Control Payment and the purchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(C)                                   the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to the Change of Control); and

 

(D)                                   the procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment, and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the covenant described hereunder, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue of such conflict.

 

(b)                                 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(i)                                accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(ii)                             deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

(iii)                          deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

 

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(c)                                  The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.  Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

66



 

(d)                                 The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof.

 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for transaction or series of transactions that constitute a Change of Control at the time of consummating the Change of Control Offer.

 

Section 4.19.                              Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

If any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company Guarantees at least $15.0 million of the Obligations of any borrower under a Credit Facility after the Issue Date and such Domestic Subsidiary is not a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Notes, then that Domestic Subsidiary will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date on which it provided such Guarantee; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to Subsidiaries that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.20.                              Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade

 

(a)                                  If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Ratings Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the date upon which the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) have occurred being referred to as the “Suspension Date”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”):

 

(1)                                     Section 4.10 hereof;

 

(2)                                     Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(3)                                     Section 4.13 hereof;

 

(4)                                     Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(5)                                     Section 4.14 hereof; and

 

(6)                                     Section 5.01(d) hereof.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be reinstated to the extent required by this Indenture (unless and until a Suspension Date again occurs).  The period of time between any Suspension Date and the related Reversion Date is referred to as a “Suspension Period.”  Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a

 

67



 

failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during a Suspension Period (or on the Reversion Date or after a Suspension Period based solely on events that occurred during such Suspension Period).  During any Suspension Period, the Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.17 and the second paragraph of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” unless the Company would have been permitted to designate such Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if a Suspension Period had not been in effect for any period.

 

(c)                                   On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the related Suspension Period will be classified as having been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or, at the Company’s option, one or more of the clauses set forth under Section 4.09(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date).  To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or Section 4.09(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.09(b).  Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.10 will be made as though the provisions of Section 4.10 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period.  Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.10.  Additionally, for purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.12(d), Excess Proceeds will be deemed to be reset to zero on the Reversion Date.

 

(d)                                  Upon the occurrence of a Suspension Date or a Reversion Date, the Company shall provide written notice to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, and file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such suspension or reversion complied with the foregoing provisions.  In the case of a Suspension Date, such notice shall list the Suspended Covenants.

 

Section 4.21.                              Business Activities.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01.                              Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

 

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly:  (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the properties or assets of its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions (except for a pledge of assets as collateral for security purposes but not any outright assignment upon any foreclosure of such collateral), to another Person; unless:

 

(a)                                 either:  (x) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

68



 

(b)                                 the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(c)                                  immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(d)                                 the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09 or (ii) the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, or that of the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, shall not be less than the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure to satisfy the requirements of the preceding clauses (c) and (d) will not prohibit:

 

(i)                                     a merger between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company or the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(ii)                                  a merger between the Company and an Affiliate formed solely for the purpose of converting the Company into an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or state thereof; so long as, in each case, the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

Section 5.02.                              Successor Company Substituted.

 

The Person formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all the Company’s assets, the Company shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01.                              Events of Default.

 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default” if it shall occur and be continuing:

 

(i)                                default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes;

 

(ii)                             default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

69



 

(iii)                               failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Article 5 hereof;

 

(iv)                              failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to comply with Sections 4.12 or 4.18 hereof;

 

(v)                                 failure to perform or comply with Section 4.03 hereof and continuance of such failure to perform or comply for a period of 90 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(vi)                              failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to comply with any other covenant or agreement in this Indenture or the Notes after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(vii)                           default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any mortgage, indenture or instrument (other than this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees) under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed (other than any such Indebtedness payable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

(A)                          is caused by a failure to pay any scheduled installment of principal on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(B)                          results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there exists a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated at such time, aggregates more than $30.0 million;

 

(viii)                        failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to pay final judgments (to the extent not covered by insurance) aggregating in excess of $30.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged, satisfied, waived, bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days;

 

(ix)                              except as permitted by or in accordance with this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 

(x)                                 the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)                               commences a voluntary case,

 

70



 

(B)                               consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(C)                               consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(D)                               makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(E)                                generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

 

(xi)                              a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)                          is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; or

 

(B)                          appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

 

(C)                          orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02.                              Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses (x) or (xi) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of acceleration, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders of the Notes); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.

 

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default under Section 6.01(vii) hereof has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the Event of Default or Payment Default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(vii) hereof shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the Holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 business days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

 

71



 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (x) or (xi) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary shall occur, such amount with respect to all the Notes will become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.  Subject to the limitations described in this Article 6, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

Section 6.03.                              Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04.                              Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on, the Notes; provided, however, that after any acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium or interest or Additional Interest, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05.                              Control by Majority.

 

Subject to Section 7.01, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it.  Subject to Section 7.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability and may take any other action that it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.

 

72



 

Section 6.06.                              Limitation on Suits.

 

No Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(a)                                 such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,

 

(b)                                 Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and

 

(c)                                  the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after the receipt of the Holders’ request and offer of security or indemnity.

 

The preceding limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07.                              Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08.                              Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09.                              Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such

 

73



 

claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10.                              Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11.                              Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

74



 

ARTICLE 7.

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.                              Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b)                                 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)                                 the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                 in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein or otherwise verify the contents thereof).

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)                                 this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

(2)                                 the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                 the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)                                 Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

 

(e)                                  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

75



 

Section 7.02.                              Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)                                 Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)                                  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(g)                                  The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

 

(h)                                 The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants herein.

 

(i)                                     In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(j)                                    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including, without limitation, as Custodian, Registrar and Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(k)                                 Any permissive right or authority granted to the Trustee shall not be construed as a mandatory duty.

 

(l)                                     The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change to its fiscal year.

 

76



 

Section 7.03.                              Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04.                              Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05.                              Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs unless such Default or Event of Default has since been cured.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as any of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

Section 7.06.                              Reports by Trustee to Holders.

 

Within 60 days after each November 1 beginning with November 1, 2011, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d).  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.07.                              Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as agreed to in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, professional advisors and counsel.

 

77



 

The Company shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees (“losses”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such losses may be attributable to its gross negligence or bad faith.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith.

 

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clauses (x) or (xi) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08.                              Replacement of Trustee.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.  The Company may remove the Trustee if.

 

(a)                                 the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)                                 the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)                                  a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)                                 the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

78



 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided, however, that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09.                              Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10.                              Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

 

Section 7.11.                              Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

79



 

ARTICLE 8.

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.                              Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02.                              Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith, (d) the Company’s obligations incidental to the Company’s rights under Section 3.07 hereof and (e) this Article 8.  If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03.                              Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05, 4.06 and 4.08 through 4.18 hereof, and the operation of Section 5.01(d) hereof, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof,

 

80



 

but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clauses (iii) and (iv) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.05, 4.06 and 4.08 through 4.18 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) (but in the case of clauses (x) and (xi) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only).

 

Section 8.04.                              Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes.

 

The Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance may be exercised only if:

 

(a)                                 the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(b)                                 in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c)                                  in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d)                                 no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowing);

 

(e)                                  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or material instrument (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement, but excluding this Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

 

(f)                                   the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the Company’s other creditors with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding the Company’s creditors or others; and

 

81



 

(g)                                  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05.                              Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(b) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06.                              Repayment to Company.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

Section 8.07.                              Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the

 

82



 

Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9.

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01.                              Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, and may waive any provision of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder to:

 

(a)                                 cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

 

(b)                                 provide for Global Notes and/or uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(c)                                  provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

(d)                                 make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes (including the addition of Events of Default);

 

(e)                                  make any change to comply with any requirement of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(f)                                   add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors;

 

(g)                                  add a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture or release a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(h)                                 to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Company’s offering memorandum dated October 20, 2010 relating to the Notes, to the extent such provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees was intended to conform to the text of such “Description of the Notes”, which intent shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to that effect;

 

(i)                                     to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture by a successor trustee; and

 

(j)                                    to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by

 

83



 

the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02.                              With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, may waive any provision of this Indenture, and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto.  If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.

 

84



 

Without the consent of each Holder directly affected thereby, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(a)                                 reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(b)                                 reduce the principal of or delay the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes;

 

(c)                                  reduce the rate of or delay the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(d)                                 waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(e)                                  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(f)                                   make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes;

 

(g)                                  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note;

 

(h)                                 make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or

 

(i)                                     modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes in a manner that would materially adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

 

Without the consent of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, an amendment or waiver may not:

 

(a)                                 make any change in the provisions of Sections 4.12 or 4.18; or

 

(b)                                 release any Domestic Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section 9.03.                              Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04.                              Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and theretofore not revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

85



 

Section 9.05.                              Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06.                              Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor party thereto enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

 

ARTICLE 10.

 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01.                       Guarantee.

 

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby, intending to be legally bound, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal of premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to this Subsidiary Guarantee shall be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute

 

86



 

a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Subsidiary Guarantor.  Each Subsidiary Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to:  (a) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the Company (each a “Benefited Party”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Subsidiary Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Benefited Party in favor of the Company or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever, (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e)(1) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees and any legal or equitable discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of the Subsidiary Guarantees, notices of default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to any thereof; (g) to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of any “One Action” rule and (h) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees.  Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary

 

87



 

Guarantee.  The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

Section 10.02.                       Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, including, if applicable, its guarantee of all obligations under the Credit Agreement, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.03.                       Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee in substantially the form included in Exhibit D shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents.

 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Section 10.04.                       Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

 

(a)                                 subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, this Indenture, and the Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and

 

88



 

(b)                                 the Subsidiary Guarantor complies with the requirements of Article 5 hereof.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Section 10.05.                       Releases.

 

(a)                                 The Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released:

 

(i)                                (A) automatically without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes, in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture relating to Asset Sales, including, without limitation Section 4.12 hereof; (B) automatically without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes, in connection with any sale of Capital Stock of that Subsidiary Guarantor that causes such Subsidiary Guarantor to cease to be a Subsidiary to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale complies with the provisions of this Indenture relating to Asset Sales, including, without limitation Section 4.12 hereof; and (C) automatically without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes, upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate certifying that Subsidiary Guarantor shall no longer Guarantee (other than by virtue of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee) any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of at least $15.0 million;

 

(ii)                             if the Company designates such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.17 hereof; and

 

(iii)                          if the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option as described in Sections 8.02 and 8.03 hereof, or if the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Article 11 hereof.

 

89



 

(b)                                 Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

Section 10.06.                       Additional Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Each Person that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.19 hereof shall execute and deliver to the Trustee (i) a supplemental indenture which subjects such Person to the provisions of this Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Notes, (ii) a Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto and (iii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such documents have been duly authorized and executed by such Person and constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of such Person (subject to customary exceptions concerning fraudulent conveyance laws, creditors’ rights and equitable principles).

 

ARTICLE 11.

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01.                       Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

 

(a)                                 either:

 

(i)                                     all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii)                                  all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(b)                                 no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall exist upon giving effect to such deposit and, upon giving effect to such deposit no breach or violation of, or default under, any other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound would exist;

 

(c)                                  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums then due and payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(d)                                 the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money and/or non-callable Government Securities toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

90



 

The Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Section 11.02.                       Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 11.02, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 11.03.                       Repayment to Company.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

ARTICLE 12.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01.                       Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 12.02.                       Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

 

91



 

If to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300
Austin, Texas  78758
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
Telecopier No.:  (512) 777-3779

 

With a copy to:

 

Foley & Lardner LLP
777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Attention:  Mark T. Plichta, Esq.
Telecopier No.:  (414) 297-4900

 

If to the Trustee:

 

Wilmington Trust Company
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware  19890
Telecopier No.:  (302) 636-4145
Attention:  Corporate Capital Market Services (Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.)

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP
1540 Broadway
New York, New York  10036-4039
Telecopier No. (212) 881-9368
Attention:  Bart Pisella, Esq. & Timothy P. Kober, Esq.

 

The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders and the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery.  All notices and communications to the Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

92



 

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.03.                       Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

Section 12.04.                       Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                 an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(b)                                 an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

 

Section 12.05.                       Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

 

(a)                                 a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)                                 a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)                                  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)                                 a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 12.06.                       Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

93



 

Section 12.07.                       No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

Section 12.08.                       Governing Law.

 

THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPALS OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.09.                       No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.10.                       Successors.

 

All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors.  All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.  All agreements of each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

 

Section 12.11.                       Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.12.                       Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

94



 

Section 12.13.                       Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

95



 

Dated as of November 2, 2010

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George E. McHenry

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George E. McHenry

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

ABi Orthotic/Prosthetic Laboratories, Ltd.

 

Advanced Prosthetics of America, Inc.

 

The Brace Shop Prosthetic Orthotic Centers, Inc.

 

Colorado Professional Medical, Inc.

 

Creative Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

DDOPP Holding LLC

 

DiBello’s Dynamic Orthotics and Prosthetics Partnership Ltd.

 

Dosteon Solutions, LLC

 

Elite Care, Incorporated

 

Eugene Teufel & Son Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics East, Inc.

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc.

 

Hattingh Holdings, Inc.

 

Inline Orthotic and Prosthetic Systems

 

Innovative Neurotronics, Inc.

 

Linkia, LLC

 

Nebraska Orthotic & Prosthetic Services, Inc.

 

OPNET, Inc.

 

Orthopedic Rehabilitation Products, Ltd.

 

Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc.

 

Speed Acquisition Vehicle, Inc.

 

Wasatch Orthotics & Pedorthics, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George E. McHenry

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Secretary

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE

 



 

 

Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Geoffrey J. Lewis

 

 

Name:

Geoffrey J. Lewis

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Face of Note)

 

71/8% Senior Notes due 2018

 

 

CUSIP 

             

No.            

              

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

 

promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars ($                    ) on November 15, 2018.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2011.

 

Record Dates:  May 1 and November 1.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

A-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred

 

to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

Dated

 

 

 

A-2



 

(Back of Note)

 

71/8% Senior Notes due 2018

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture]

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.             Interest.  Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 71/8% per annum until maturity and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, as provided in Section 5(b) of the Registration Rights Agreement.  The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, however, that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be May 15, 2011.  The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.             Method of Payment.  The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of the Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register; provided, however, that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purpose.

 

All payments of principal and interest on this Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.

 

3.             Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, Wilmington Trust Company, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or

 

A-3



 

Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.             Indenture.  The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 2, 2010 (“Indenture”) among the Company, the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are obligations of the Company unlimited in aggregate principal amount.

 

5.             Optional Redemption.

 

(a)           Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to November 15, 2014.  Starting on that date, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the required notice under the Indenture.  The Notes may be redeemed at the applicable redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on November 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2014

 

103.563

%

2015

 

101.781

%

2016 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)           At any time and from time to time, prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of any Qualified Equity Offering of the Company’s common stock; provided, however, that:

 

(1)           after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

(2)           any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of the closing of such Qualified Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

(c)            At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2014, the Company may at its option redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).  Notice of such redemption must be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.

 

A-4



 

(d)           Any prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

 

6.             Mandatory Redemption.  The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

7.             Repurchase at Option of Holder.

 

(a)           Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to a minimum $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes (a “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 

(b)           If the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates any Asset Sales, when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company shall, within 30 days, commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth herein with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for purposes not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and they will no longer constitute Excess Proceeds.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.

 

8.             Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

9.             Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

A-5



 

10.          Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11.          Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class.  Without the consent of any Holder, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency, to provide for global notes and/or uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes, to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes (including the addition of Events of Default), to make any change to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors, to add a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture or release a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Company’s offering memorandum dated October 20, 2010 relating to the Notes, to the extent such provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees was intended to conform to the text of the “Description of the Notes” section, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a successor trustee and to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

12.          Defaults and Remedies.  Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture if it shall occur and be continuing:  (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes; (2) default in payment when due of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture; (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to comply with Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture; (5) failure to perform or comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture and continuance of such failure to perform or comply for a period of 90 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or in the Notes after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (7) default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any mortgage, indenture or instrument (other than the Indenture, this Note and the Subsidiary Guarantees) under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed (other than any such Indebtedness payable to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; and in each such case, the principal amount of any such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there exists a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated at such time, aggregates more than $30.0 million; (8) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to pay final judgments (to the extent nor covered by insurance)

 

A-6



 

aggregating in excess of $30.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged, satisfied, waived, bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; (9) except as permitted by or in accordance with the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (10) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary).  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders of the Notes); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Additional Interest, if any.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Additional Interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

13.          Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

14.          No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes; such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

15.          Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

16.          Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-7



 

17.          CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

18.          Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2010, between the Company and the parties named on the signature pages thereto or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes.

 

19.          Governing Law.  THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPALS OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300
Austin, Texas  78758
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

A-8



 

Assignment Form

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint

 

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

A-9



 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE(1)

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

 

Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)

 

Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or Note
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)           Only included for Global Notes

 

A-10



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300
Austin, Texas  78758
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890
Attention:  Corporate Capital Market Services (Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.)

 

Re:          7 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                                                    , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                       in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                    (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.             o  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

2.             o  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been

 

B-1



 

made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.             o  Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)           o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

 

or

 

(b)           o such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

 

or

 

(c)           o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

4.             o  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

(a)           o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b)           o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated

 

B-2



 

in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)           o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

B-3



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.             The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (A) OR (B)]

 

(a)           o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)       o 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

 

(ii)      o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

 

(b)           o a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.             After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)           o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)       o 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

 

(ii)      o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

 

(iii)     o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP               ); or

 

(b)           o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c)           o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300
Austin, Texas  78758
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890
Attention:  Corporate Capital Market Services (Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.)

 

Re:                             71/8% Senior Notes due 2018

 

(CUSIP                  )

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                                          , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $          in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                      Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a)                                 o  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(b)                                 o  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1



 

(c)                                  o  Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)                                 o  Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.                                      Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a)                                 o  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                 o  Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note, o Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each Subsidiary Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture), jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee.  This Subsidiary Guarantee is subject to release as and to the extent set forth in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Indenture.  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined are used herein as so defined in the Indenture.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

D-1



 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

ABi Orthotic/Prosthetic Laboratories, Ltd.

 

Advanced Prosthetics of America, Inc.

 

The Brace Shop Prosthetic Orthotic Centers, Inc.

 

Colorado Professional Medical, Inc.

 

Creative Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

DDOPP Holding LLC

 

DiBello’s Dynamic Orthotics and Prosthetics Partnership Ltd.

 

Dosteon Solutions, LLC

 

Elite Care, Incorporated

 

Eugene Teufel & Son Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics East, Inc.

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc.

 

Hattingh Holdings, Inc.

 

Inline Orthotic and Prosthetic Systems

 

Innovative Neurotronics, Inc.

 

Linkia, LLC

 

Nebraska Orthotic & Prosthetic Services, Inc.

 

OPNET, Inc.

 

Orthopedic Rehabilitation Products, Ltd.

 

Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc.

 

Speed Acquisition Vehicle, Inc.

 

Wasatch Orthotics & Pedorthics, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Secretary

 

D-2


EX-4.2 3 a10-20506_1ex4d2.htm EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

 

71/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

November 2, 2010

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

As Representatives of the several

Initial Purchasers under the Purchase

Agreement

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell (the “Initial Placement”) to the several initial purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Initial Purchasers”), upon terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated as of October 20, 2010 (the “Purchase Agreement”) among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors named therein (the “Guarantors”) and the Initial Purchasers, $200,000,000 of its 71/2% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Initial Notes”).  As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and purchase the Initial Notes and in satisfaction of a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree with each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Jefferies & Company, Inc. (collectively, the “Representatives”) and the other Initial Purchasers for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Notes (including the Initial Purchasers) (each of the foregoing a “Holder” and together the “Holders”), as follows:

 

 

1.                                      Definitions.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person, directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

Business Day” shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Rule 14d-l under the Exchange Act.

 

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 



 

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Damages Payment Date” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, each date on which interest is paid in accordance with the Indenture.

 

Delay Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(i) hereof

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Guarantees” means guarantees issued by the Guarantors with respect to the Exchange Notes, identical in all material respects to the Guarantees issued with respect to the Initial Notes.

 

Exchange Notes” means securities issued by the Company, identical in all material respects to the Notes to be issued under the Indenture.

 

Exchange Offer” means the proposed offer to the Holders to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes and the Guarantees, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees.

 

Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Filing Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Period” means the longer of (A) the period until the expiration of the Exchange Offer and (B) two years after effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; provided, however, that in the event that all resales of Exchange Notes (including, subject to the time periods set forth herein, any resales by Exchanging Dealers) covered by such Exchange Offer Registration Statement have been made, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement need not remain continuously effective for the period set forth in clause (B) above.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means a registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

Exchanging Dealer” means any Holder (which may include the Initial Purchasers) that is a broker-dealer, electing to exchange Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities for Exchange Notes.

 

2



 

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture.

 

Guarantors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Holder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010, between the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto, for so long as such securities constitute Transfer Restricted Securities.

 

Initial Placement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Initial Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereto.

 

Majority Holders” means the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes registered under a Registration Statement.

 

Managing Underwriters” means the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering under a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Notes” means the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes.

 

Offering Memorandum” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Notes covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments.

 

Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Registration Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

Registration Statement” means any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

3



 

Shelf Effectiveness Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Filing Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration” means a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement” means a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, which covers some or all of the Initial Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, and the related Guarantees or Exchange Guarantees on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Initial Note, until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which such Initial Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (ii) the date on which such Initial Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (iii) the later of (x) the date which is two years after the date the Initial Notes were originally issued and (y) date on which such Initial Note is distributed to the public by a broker-dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company and any successors thereto.

 

Underwriter” means any underwriter of Notes and Guarantees in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Underwritten Registration” or “Underwritten Offering” means a registration in which the Notes of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

2.                                      Exchange Offer; Resales of Exchange Notes by Exchanging Dealers; Private Exchange.

 

(a)                                 The Company and the Guarantors shall prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 90th calendar day after the Closing Date (the “Exchange Offer Filing Deadline”).  The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the 180th calendar day following the Closing Date (the “Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline”) and remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (ii) to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 30th Business Day following the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission (the “Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline”).

 

(b)                                 Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the

 

4



 

objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Initial Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder (x) is not an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, (y) is not a broker-dealer that acquired the Initial Notes in a transaction other than as a part of its market-making or other trading activities and (z) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, acquires the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, is not participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes) to resell such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.

 

(c)                                  In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company shall mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents, stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law:

 

(i)                                     that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Initial Notes validly tendered will be accepted for exchange;

 

(ii)                                  the dates of acceptance for exchange;

 

(iii)                               that any Initial Notes not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Agreement;

 

(iv)                              that Holders electing to have Initial Notes exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Initial Notes, together with the enclosed letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the last day of acceptance for exchange; and

 

(v)                                 that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election, not later than the close of business on the last day of acceptance for exchange, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Initial Notes exchanged; and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for not less than 20 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders; utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York; and comply in all respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.

 

(d)                                 As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

 

(i)                                     accept for exchange all Initial Notes duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer;

 

(ii)                                  deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Initial Notes so accepted for exchange; and

 

5



 

(iii)                               cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder Exchange Notes equal in principal amount to the Initial Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

(e)                                  The Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that, pursuant to interpretations by the staff of the Commission of Section 5 of the Securities Act, and in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, each Exchanging Dealer is required to deliver a Prospectus in connection with a sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Initial Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.  Accordingly, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

 

(i)                                     include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

 

(ii)                                  use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act during the Exchange Offer Registration Period for delivery of the Prospectus included therein by Exchanging Dealers in connection with sales of Exchange Notes received pursuant to the Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 4(h) below; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for more than 30 days following the expiration of the Exchange Offer unless the Company and the Guarantors have been notified in writing on or prior to the 30th day following the expiration of the Exchange Offer by one or more Exchanging Dealers that such Holder has received Exchange Notes as to which it will be required to deliver a Prospectus upon resale.

 

(f)                                   In the event that an Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Initial Notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof and at the request of the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors shall issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, or to the party purchasing Initial Notes registered under the Shelf Registration Statement from the Initial Purchasers, in exchange for such Initial Notes, a like principal amount of Exchange Notes.  The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such Exchange Notes as for Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

(g)                                  The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Company or any of the Guarantors to proceed with the Exchange Offer, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding

 

6



 

with respect to the Company or any of the Guarantors, and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Company and the Guarantors deem necessary for the expiration of the Exchange Offer.  The Company and the Guarantors shall inform the Initial Purchasers, upon their request, of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Initial Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

(h)                                 As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Initial Notes shall furnish, upon the request of the Company and the Guarantors, prior to the expiration thereof, a written representation to the Company and the Guarantors (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of the Guarantors, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business.  In addition, all such Holders of Initial Notes shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s and the Guarantors’ preparations for the Exchange Offer.  Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any broker-dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired by such Holder directly from the Company and the Guarantors.

 

3.                                      Shelf Registration.  If (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (ii) because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company and the Guarantors determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof or (iii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company and the Guarantors prior to the 20th day following the expiration of the Exchange Offer that:  (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a Prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by  such Holder or (C) such Holder is an Exchanging Dealer and holds Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company and the Guarantors or one of their Affiliates (it being understood that, for purposes of this Section 3, (x) the requirement that the Initial Purchasers deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 and/or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act in connection with sales of Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for such Initial Notes shall result in such Exchange Notes being not “freely tradeable” and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of Exchange Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Initial Notes acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such Exchange Notes being not “freely tradeable”), the following provisions shall apply:

 

7



 

(a)                                 The Company and the Guarantors shall prepare and file with the Commission, on or prior to the 30th calendar day after such filing obligation arises (the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Initial Notes and Guarantees or the Exchange Notes and Exchange Guarantees, as applicable, by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act; provided that, with respect to Exchange Notes and Exchange Guarantees received by the Initial Purchasers in exchange for Initial Notes and the Guarantees constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this paragraph (a) with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(b)                                 The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the 90th calendar day after the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed under this Section 3 (the “Shelf Effectiveness Deadline”) and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus contained therein to be usable by Holders until the earliest of (i) one year after the original issue date of the Notes covered thereby; provided that this clause (i) shall not be considered in determining the date until which the Shelf Registration Statement remains effective for any Holder that is an Affiliate of the Investors (as defined in the Indentures), (ii) such time as all of the Notes have been sold thereunder or (iii) the date upon which all Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement become eligible for resale, without regard to volume, manner of sale or other restrictions contained in Rule 144 (in any such case, such period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”).  The Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their respective commercially reasonable efforts to  keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if the Company or any of the Guarantors voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Notes covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Notes during that period, unless (i) such action is required by applicable law, (ii) the Company and the Guarantors comply with this Agreement or (iii) such action is taken by the Company or any of the Guarantors in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company and the Guarantors promptly thereafter comply with the requirements of Section 4(m) hereof, if applicable.

 

4.                                      Registration Procedures.  In connection with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                                 The Company and the Guarantors shall, within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Majority Holders and their counsel, upon their request) and make such representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Majority Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus

 

8



 

or any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Majority Holders and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Majority Holders or their counsel) shall object, except for any amendment or supplement or document (a copy of which has been previously furnished to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Majority Holders and their counsel, upon their request)) which counsel to the Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Company and the Guarantors, in the form of a written opinion, is required in order to comply with applicable law; the Initial Purchasers agree that if they receive timely notice and drafts under this clause (a), they will not take actions or make objections pursuant to this clause (a) such that the Company and the Guarantors are unable to comply with its obligations under Section 2.

 

(b)                                 The Company and the Guarantors shall ensure that:

 

(i)                                     any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus contained therein and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

 

(ii)                                  any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and

 

(iii)                               any Prospectus forming part of any Registration Statement, including any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(c)                                  (1) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Initial Notes covered thereby, and, if requested by the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing:

 

(i)                                     when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; and

 

(ii)                                  of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein or for additional information.

 

(2)                                 During the Shelf Registration Period or the Exchange Offer Registration Period, as applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Initial Notes or Exchange Notes covered thereby, and, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Exchanging Dealer that has provided in writing to the Company and the Guarantors a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, confirm such advice in writing:

 

9



 

(i)                                     of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

 

(ii)                                  of the receipt by the Company and the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Initial Notes or Exchange Notes included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

 

(iii)                               of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (which advice shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made).

 

(d)                                 The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement at the earliest possible time.

 

(e)                                  The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement that so requests, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto.

 

(f)                                   The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(g)                                  The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer that so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, any documents incorporated by reference therein and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto.

 

(h)                                 The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, promptly deliver to each Exchanging Dealer, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Exchanging Dealer may reasonably request for delivery by such Exchanging Dealer in connection with a sale of Exchange Notes received by it pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Exchanging Dealer, as provided in Section 2(e) above.

 

10



 

(i)            Each Holder of Notes and each Exchange Dealer agrees by its acquisition of such Notes by a Holder or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Exchange Dealer, as the case may be, that upon actual receipt of any notice from the Company (x) of the happening of any event of the kind described in paragraph (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), or (c)(2)(iii) of this Section 4, or (y) that the Board of Directors of the Company has resolved that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for doing so, then the Company may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, in all cases, for a period (a “Delay Period”) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), such Holder’s or Exchange Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 4(m) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto, or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the Company’s obligations to file or maintain the effectiveness of any such Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or (B) 60 days after the Company notifies the Holders of such good faith determination.  There shall not be more than 60 days of Delay Periods during any 12-month period.  Each of the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, if applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during any Delay Period.  Any Delay Period will not alter the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to pay Additional Interest under the circumstances set forth in Section 6 hereof.

 

(j)            Prior to the Exchange Offer or any other offering of Initial Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of Notes included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such Initial Notes or Exchange Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such states as any such Holders reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such states of the Notes covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that none of the Company or any of the Guarantors will be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not then so qualified, to file any general consent to service of process or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(k)           The Company and the Guarantors shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Notes, having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes surrendered to the Company and the Guarantors by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Notes to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Exchange Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation.

 

(l)            The Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Initial Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as Holders may request prior to sales of Initial Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

11



 

(m)          Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to any Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Initial Notes or Exchange Notes included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend or supplement a Shelf Registration Statement, any related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference, for a period not to exceed an aggregate of 30 days in any calendar year, if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that the disclosure of such event at such time would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, or prospects of the Company and the Guarantors or the disclosure otherwise related to a pending material business transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed.

 

(n)           Not later than the effective date of any such Registration Statement hereunder, the Company and the Guarantors shall provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with certificates for such Initial Notes or Exchange Notes, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

 

(o)           The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Securities Act.

 

(p)           The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Initial Notes or Exchange Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

 

(q)           The Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Initial Notes to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Initial Notes as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement.

 

(r)            The Company and the Guarantors shall, if requested, promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement, such information as the Managing Underwriters, if any, and Majority Holders reasonably agree should be included therein, and shall make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly upon notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.

 

12



 

(s)            In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall enter into such agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or to facilitate the registration or the disposition of any Initial Notes included therein, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6.

 

(t)            In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

 

(i)            make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Notes to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and any of its subsidiaries;

 

(ii)           cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations and make such representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or Managing Underwriters, if any, available for discussion of any such Registration Statement; provided, however, that any non-public information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality other than as a result of a disclosure of such information by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent;

 

(iii)          make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Notes registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

 

(iv)          obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in similar underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

 

(v)           obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the underwriters, if any, and use reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of

 

13



 

Notes registered thereunder (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 (“SAS 72”) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA)), in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with similar underwritten offerings, or if the provision of such “cold comfort” letters is not permitted by SAS 72 or if requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel in lieu of a “cold comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 75 of the AICPA, covering matters requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel; and

 

(vi)          deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, and customarily delivered in similar offerings, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(m) and with any conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors.

 

The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section 4(t) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

(u)           The Company and the Guarantors shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Notes to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company and the Guarantors are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Notes satisfy applicable listing requirements.

 

5.             Registration Expenses; Remedies.

 

(a)           The Company and the Guarantors shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof, including without limitation:  (i) all Commission, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Initial Notes and Guarantees or Exchange Notes and Exchange Guarantees), (iii) all expenses of any persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the fees and expenses of counsel to the Initial Purchasers acting in connection therewith and (vii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters or the Holders (other than fees and expenses set forth in clauses (ii) and (v) above) and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Notes by a Holder.

 

(b)           If any of the following occurs:

 

14



 

(i)            the Company and the Guarantors fail to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement on or prior to the Exchange Offer Filing Deadline or the Shelf Registration Statement on or prior to the Shelf Filing Deadline, as the case may be, or, if that day is not a Business Day, then the next day that is a Business Day;

 

(ii)           the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline or the Shelf Effectiveness Deadline, respectively, or, if that day is not a Business Day, then the next day that is a Business Day;

 

(iii)          the Company and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange Offer by the Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline; or

 

(iv)          the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in this Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above, a “Registration Default”),

 

then the Company and the Guarantors will pay additional interest (“Additional Interest”) to each Holder of Notes, with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of Notes held by such Holder.  The amount of the Additional Interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Additional Interest for all Registration Defaults of 1.00% per annum.

 

(c)           The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all accrued Additional Interest on each Damages Payment Date to the Global Note Holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated Notes by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified.

 

(d)           Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Additional Interest will cease.

 

(e)           Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by them to comply with their obligations under Sections 2 and 3 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Sections 2 and 3 hereof.

 

(f)            Upon the occurrence of a Registration Default, the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence thereof and, prior to the relevant Damages Payment Date, shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Additional Interest that shall be due and payable on the Notes.

 

15



 

6.             Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)           In connection with any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Notes covered thereby (including the Initial Purchasers, the Market Maker and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated by Sections 2(e) and 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) the directors, officers, employees and Affiliates of such Holder and each person who controls such Holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to such Holder), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other U.S. federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expenses; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of any such indemnified party specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, however, that the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any case with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or action in respect thereof) resulted from the fact that any indemnified party sold Notes to a person to whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented, if the Company and the Guarantors had previously complied with the provisions of Section 4(c)(2) and 4(f) or 4(h) hereof and if the untrue statement contained in or omission from such preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have.

 

The Company and the Guarantors also agree to indemnify or contribute to Losses of, as provided in Section 6(d) hereof, any underwriters of Notes registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their employees, officers, directors and Affiliates and each person who controls such underwriters on the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(s) hereof

 

(b)           Each Holder of Notes covered by a Registration Statement (including the Initial Purchasers and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated by Sections 2(e) and 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Company and the Guarantors, (ii) each of the directors of the Company or any of the Guarantors,

 

16



 

(iii) each of the officers of the Company or any of the Guarantors who signs such Registration Statement and (iv) each Person who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with respect to written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have.

 

(c)           Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or commencement of that action; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve the indemnifying party from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  After receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized by the indemnifying party in writing, or (ii) such indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for such indemnified party to employ separate counsel or (iii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  An indemnifying party will not, (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unnecessarily withheld) settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with the consent of the indemnifying party or if there be a final and non-appealable judgment of the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold

 

17



 

harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

 

(d)           In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending the same) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement that resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall the Initial Purchasers or any subsequent Holder of any Note be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Note, or in the case of an Exchange Note, applicable to the Initial Note that was exchangeable into such Exchange Note, as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Notes purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement that resulted in such Losses.  If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum.  Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Initial Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, registered under the Securities Act.  Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement that resulted in such Losses.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand.  The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that did not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 6, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and Affiliate of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or any of the Guarantors who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantors, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

 

(e)           The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder, the Company or any of the Guarantors or

 

18



 

any of their respective officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in Section 6 hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of Notes covered by a Registration Statement.

 

7.             Rule 144A.

 

The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, if applicable, in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

8.             Participation In Underwritten Registrations.

 

No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

9.             Selection Of Underwriters.

 

The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering.  In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Guarantors.

 

10.          Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           No Inconsistent Agreement.  Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall any of them, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement that conflicts with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)           Amendments and Waivers.  The provisions of this Agreement including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes (or, after the expiration of any Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2 hereof, of Exchange Notes); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Company and the Guarantors shall obtain the written consent of the Initial Purchasers.  Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Initial Notes or Exchange Notes are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Notes being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.

 

19



 

(c)           Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

 

(i)            if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(c), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Trustee;

 

(ii)           if to the Initial Purchasers, shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the care of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, Attention: General Counsel and Jefferies & Company, Inc., 520 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10022, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: William Miller, Esq. (Fax: 212-378-2500) and, in the case of any notice pursuant to Section 8(c), to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, Attention: General Counsel and Jefferies & Company, Inc., 520 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10022, Attention: General Counsel;

 

(iii)          if to the Company and the Guarantors, shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the Company, 10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300, Austin, TX 78758, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, (Fax: (512) 777-3779), with a copy to Foley & Lardner LLP, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202, Attention: Mark T. Plichta (Fax: (414) 297-4900);

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.  The Initial Purchasers, on the one hand, or the Company and the Guarantors, on the other, by notice to the other party or parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

(d)           Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company and the Guarantors thereto, subsequent Holders of Initial Notes and/or Exchange Notes.  The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Initial Notes and/or Exchange Notes and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.

 

(e)           Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

(f)            Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(g)           Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(h)           Severability.  In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in

 

20



 

any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(i)            Initial Notes Held by the Company, Etc.  Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes or Exchange Notes is required hereunder, Initial Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, held by the Company and the Guarantors or their Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Initial Notes or Exchange Notes if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Initial Notes or Exchange Notes) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

(j)            Authority of the Representatives.  Any action by the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be taken by the Representatives on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and any such action taken by the Representatives shall be binding upon the Initial Purchasers.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

21



 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreements under the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George E. McHenry

 

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George E. McHenry

 

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABi Orthotic/Prosthetic Laboratories, Ltd.

 

 

Advanced Prosthetics of America, Inc.

 

 

The Brace Shop Prosthetic Orthotic Centers, Inc.

 

 

Colorado Professional Medical, Inc.

 

 

Creative Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

 

DDOPP Holding LLC

 

 

DiBello’s Dynamic Orthotics and Prosthetics

 

 

  Partnership Ltd.

 

 

Dosteon Solutions, LLC

 

 

Elite Care, Inc.

 

 

Eugene Teufel & Son Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics East, Inc.

 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc.

 

 

Hattingh Holdings, Incorporated

 

 

Innovative Neurotronics, Inc.

 

 

Inline Orthotic and Prosthetic Systems

 

 

Linkia, LLC

 

 

Nebraska Orthotic & Prosthetic Services, Inc.

 

 

OPNET, Inc.

 

 

Orthopedic Rehabilitation Products, Ltd.

 

 

Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc.

 

 

Wasatch Orthotics & Pedorthics, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George E. McHenry

 

 

 

Name:

George E. McHenry

 

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

A-1



 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
accepted as of the date first above written.

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarang Gadkari

 

 

Name: Sarang Gadkari

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Decelles

 

 

Name: Daniel Decelles

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Representatives of the

 

Initial Purchasers

 

 

2



 

ANNEX A

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.  The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.  This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.  The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business one year after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.  See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

3



 

ANNEX B

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.  See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

B-1



 

ANNEX C

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.  This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.  The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business one year after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.  In addition, until such date all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

C-1



 

ANNEX D

 

If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, it represents that the Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

D-1


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----